M166 Gradients, LCD Menu for 2-channel Mixer (Geeetech A10M/A20M) (#13022)

Marlin/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h

@@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h

@@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h

@@ -279,6 +279,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h

@@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h

@@ -280,6 +280,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h

@@ -312,6 +312,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h

@@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h

@@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2093 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS        235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY    10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR       60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS        { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  #define GRADIENT_MIX             // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    #define GRADIENT_VTOOL         // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ *
+ * 0 = No Power Switch
+ * 1 = ATX
+ * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
+ *
+ * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ */
+#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+
+#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
+  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
+  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds)
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3       // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
+#define TEMP_WINDOW     1       // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
+
+// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds)
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3       // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW     1       // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
+
+// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
+// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
+// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
+#define BED_MINTEMP 5
+
+// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
+// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
+// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // A10M [@thinkyhead]
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
+  #define  DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46   // 175.68 189.95
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92    //  34.59  37.40
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70   // 223.07 241.19
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          1000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
+ * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
+ * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
+ * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375   // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ *   Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ *   X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ *   In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ *   #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *   #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *      +-- BACK ---+
+ *      |           |
+ *    L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *    E |           | I
+ *    F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *    T |           | H
+ *      |    (-)    | T
+ *      |           |
+ *      O-- FRONT --+
+ *    (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37    // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER   0    // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER  -0.5  // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+// The number of probes to perform at each point.
+//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
+//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF         // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+#define PROBING_FANS_OFF            // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200    // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4    // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 220
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -10
+#define Y_MIN_POS -5
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 260
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   2     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN      66
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN     67
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
+  //  - Always applies to SD-card printing.
+  //  - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
+  // will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
+  // host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
+  // will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
+  //
+  // The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
+  //
+  //#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205.0  // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60.0  // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (20*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// EEPROM
+//
+// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
+// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
+// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
+// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings".  You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
+//
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS   // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
+//#define DISABLE_M503    // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT   // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     60
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED     90
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Extensible UI
+//
+// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
+// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
+// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
+//
+
+//
+// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// M240  Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
+// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN     23
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
+      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
+  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
+  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
+  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
+  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
+  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
+  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+
+// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
+//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
+  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   10  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  50  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR                // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000    // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    #define POWER_LOSS_PIN   69     // Pin to detect power loss
+    #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW    // State of pin indicating power loss
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    true   // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  true   // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
+// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
+  // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
+  //  However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+  #endif
+
+  #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE                  // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+  #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+    #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5     // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22  // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG          // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+  /**
+   * Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
+   * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
+   * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+   */
+  #define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
+  #define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
+// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *  130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     18  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      450  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE  12  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH   450  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         40  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+
+  #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Canon Hack Development Kit
+ * http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+ */
+//#define CHDK_PIN    4   // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
+#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
+  #define CHDK_DELAY 50   // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
+  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
+  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
+  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+
+  /**
+   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+   *
+   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+   *
+   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+   */
+
+  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
+ * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
+ * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+ */
+//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
+
+/**
+ * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
+ * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
+ * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+ *
+ *   PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
+ *                    action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
+ *
+ * PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
+ *                    change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
+ *                    until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
+ *
+ *           CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
+ *                    print is canceled from the LCD menu.
+ */
+//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE   "pause"
+//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME  "resume"
+//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED  "paused"
+//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
+//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL  "cancel"
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behaviour.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2097 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS        235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY    10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR       60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS        { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  #define GRADIENT_MIX             // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    #define GRADIENT_VTOOL         // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ *
+ * 0 = No Power Switch
+ * 1 = ATX
+ * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
+ *
+ * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ */
+#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+
+#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
+  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
+  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds)
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3       // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
+#define TEMP_WINDOW     1       // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
+
+// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds)
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3       // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW     1       // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
+
+// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
+// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
+// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
+#define BED_MINTEMP 5
+
+// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
+// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
+// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // A20M [@thinkyhead]
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
+  #define  DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46   // 175.68 189.95
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92    //  34.59  37.40
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70   // 223.07 241.19
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          1000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
+ * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
+ * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
+ * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375   // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ *   Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ *   X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ *   In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ *   #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *   #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *      +-- BACK ---+
+ *      |           |
+ *    L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *    E |           | I
+ *    F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *    T |           | H
+ *      |    (-)    | T
+ *      |           |
+ *      O-- FRONT --+
+ *    (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37    // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER   0    // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER  -0.5  // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+// The number of probes to perform at each point.
+//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
+//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF         // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+#define PROBING_FANS_OFF            // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200    // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4    // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 250
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 250
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -10
+#define Y_MIN_POS -5
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 250
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   2     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN      66
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN     67
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
+  //  - Always applies to SD-card printing.
+  //  - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
+  // will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
+  // host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
+  // will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
+  //
+  // The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
+  //
+  //#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205.0  // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60.0  // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (20*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// EEPROM
+//
+// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
+// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
+// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
+// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings".  You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
+//
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS   // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
+//#define DISABLE_M503    // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT   // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     60
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED     90
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+#define ULTIPANEL
+#define NEWPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125)
+#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125)
+#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125)
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Extensible UI
+//
+// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
+// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
+// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
+//
+
+//
+// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// M240  Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
+// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN     23
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
+      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
+  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
+  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
+  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
+  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
+  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
+  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+
+// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
+//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
+  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   10  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  50  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    #define POWER_LOSS_PIN   69     // Pin to detect power loss
+    #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW    // State of pin indicating power loss
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    true   // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  true   // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
+// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
+  // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
+  //  However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+  #endif
+
+  #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE                  // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+  #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+    #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5     // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22  // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG          // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+  /**
+   * Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
+   * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
+   * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+   */
+  #define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
+  #define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
+// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *  130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      400  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH   400  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+
+  #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Canon Hack Development Kit
+ * http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+ */
+//#define CHDK_PIN    4   // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
+#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
+  #define CHDK_DELAY 50   // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
+  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
+  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
+  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+
+  /**
+   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+   *
+   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+   *
+   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+   */
+
+  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
+ * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
+ * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+ */
+//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
+
+/**
+ * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
+ * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
+ * The host must be configured to handle the action command.
+ *
+ *   PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
+ *                    action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
+ *
+ * PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
+ *                    change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
+ *                    until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
+ *
+ *           CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
+ *                    print is canceled from the LCD menu.
+ */
+//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE   "pause"
+//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME  "resume"
+//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED  "paused"
+//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
+//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL  "cancel"
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behaviour.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h

@@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h

@@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h

@@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h

@@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h

@@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h

@@ -302,6 +302,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h

@@ -293,6 +293,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h

@@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h

@@ -290,6 +290,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h

@@ -286,6 +286,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h

@@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h

@@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h

@@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h

@@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
   #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
   //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp

@@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ int_fast8_t  Mixer::runner = 0;
 mixer_comp_t  Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS];
 mixer_accu_t  Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 };
 
+#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+  mixer_perc_t Mixer::mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
+#endif
+
 void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
   float cmax = 0;
   #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
@@ -66,9 +70,8 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
   #endif
 
   // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
-  const float inverse_max = RECIPROCAL(cmax);
+  const float scale = float(COLOR_A_MASK) / cmax;
-  MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i)
+  MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * scale;
-    color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * COLOR_A_MASK * inverse_max;
 
   #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
     csum = 0;
@@ -86,6 +89,10 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
     }
     SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
   #endif
+
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    refresh_gradient();
+  #endif
 }
 
 void Mixer::reset_vtools() {
@@ -115,6 +122,79 @@ void Mixer::init() {
   #endif
 
   ZERO(collector);
+
+  #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    update_mix_from_vtool();
+  #endif
+
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    update_gradient_for_planner_z();
+  #endif
 }
 
+void Mixer::refresh_collector(const float proportion/*=1.0*/, const uint8_t t/*=selected_vtool*/) {
+  float csum = 0, cmax = 0;
+  MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
+    const float v = color[t][i];
+    cmax = MAX(cmax, v);
+    csum += v;
+  }
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mixer::refresh_collector(", proportion);
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(t));
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") cmax=", cmax);
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("  csum=", csum);
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPGM("  color");
+  const float inv_prop = proportion / csum;
+  MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
+    collector[i] = color[t][i] * inv_prop;
+    //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(t));
+    //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("][", int(i));
+    //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] = ", int(color[t][i]));
+    //SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", collector[i]);
+    //SERIAL_ECHOPGM(")  ");
+  }
+  //SERIAL_EOL();
+}
+
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+  #include "../module/motion.h"
+  #include "../module/planner.h"
+
+  gradient_t Mixer::gradient = {
+    false,    // enabled
+    {0},      // color (array)
+    0, 0,     // start_z, end_z
+    0, 1,     // start_vtool, end_vtool
+    {0}, {0}  // start_mix[], end_mix[]
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+      , -1    // vtool_index
+    #endif
+  };
+
+  float Mixer::prev_z; // = 0
+
+  void Mixer::update_gradient_for_z(const float z) {
+    if (z == prev_z) return;
+    prev_z = z;
+
+    const float slice = gradient.end_z - gradient.start_z;
+
+    float pct = (z - gradient.start_z) / slice;
+    NOLESS(pct, 0.0f); NOMORE(pct, 1.0f);
+
+    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
+      const mixer_perc_t sm = gradient.start_mix[i];
+      mix[i] = sm + (gradient.end_mix[i] - sm) * pct;
+    }
+
+    copy_mix_to_color(gradient.color);
+  }
+
+  void Mixer::update_gradient_for_planner_z() {
+    update_gradient_for_z(planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
+  }
+
+#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
+
 #endif // MIXING_EXTRUDER

Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h

@@ -23,34 +23,46 @@
 
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#ifdef __AVR__
+//#define MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
+
+#if !defined(__AVR__) // || DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+  // Use 16-bit (or fastest) data for the integer mix factors
+  typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
+  typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
+  #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
+  #define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
+#else
+  // Use 8-bit data for the integer mix factors
+  // Exactness is sacrificed for speed
   #define MIXER_ACCU_SIGNED
   typedef uint8_t mixer_comp_t;
   typedef int8_t mixer_accu_t;
   #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x80
   #define COLOR_MASK 0x7F
-#else
-  typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
-  typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
-  #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
-  #define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
 #endif
 
+typedef int8_t mixer_perc_t;
+
 #ifndef MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
   #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 1
 #endif
 
+enum MixTool {
+  FIRST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = 0,
+  LAST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1,
+  NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
+  #ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
+    MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
+    NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
+  #else
+    NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
+  #endif
+};
+
 #ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
-  #define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS + 1)
+  static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 254, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!");
-  #define MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
-  #if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 254
-    #error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!"
-  #endif
 #else
-  #define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
+  static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 255, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!");
-  #if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 255
-    #error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!"
-  #endif
 #endif
 
 #define MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(VAR) \
@@ -60,6 +72,22 @@
 #define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK()  mixer.populate_block(block->b_color)
 #define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP()   mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color)
 
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+  typedef struct {
+    bool enabled;                         // This gradient is enabled
+    mixer_comp_t color[MIXING_STEPPERS];  // The current gradient color
+    float start_z, end_z;                 // Region for gradient
+    int8_t start_vtool, end_vtool;        // Start and end virtual tools
+    mixer_perc_t start_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS],   // Start and end mixes from those tools
+                 end_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+      int8_t vtool_index;                 // Use this virtual tool number as index
+    #endif
+  } gradient_t;
+
+#endif
+
 /**
  * @brief Mixer class
  * @details Contains data and behaviors for a Mixing Extruder
@@ -67,27 +95,157 @@
 class Mixer {
   public:
 
-  static void init();
+  static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS];    // M163 components, also editable from LCD
+
+  static void init(); // Populate colors at boot time
 
   static void reset_vtools();
+  static void refresh_collector(const float proportion=1.0, const uint8_t t=selected_vtool);
 
   // Used up to Planner level
+  FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = MAX(f, 0.0f); }
+
   static void normalize(const uint8_t tool_index);
+  FORCE_INLINE static void normalize() { normalize(selected_vtool); }
+
   FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_current_vtool() { return selected_vtool; }
-  FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) { selected_vtool = c; }
+
-  FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = f; }
+  FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) {
+    selected_vtool = c;
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+      refresh_gradient();
+    #endif
+    #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+      update_mix_from_vtool();
+    #endif
+  }
 
   // Used when dealing with blocks
-  FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) {
+  FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
-    uint_fast8_t j = get_current_vtool();
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
-    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[j][i];
+      if (gradient.enabled) {
+        MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = gradient.color[i];
+        return;
       }
-  FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i]; }
+    #endif
+    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[selected_vtool][i];
+  }
+
+  FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
+    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i];
+  }
+
+  #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+    static mixer_perc_t mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];  // Scratch array for the Mix in proportion to 100
+
+    static inline void copy_mix_to_color(mixer_comp_t (&tcolor)[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
+      // Scale each component to the largest one in terms of COLOR_A_MASK
+      // So the largest component will be COLOR_A_MASK and the other will be in proportion to it
+      const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX(mix[0], mix[1])));
+
+      // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
+      MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) tcolor[i] = mix[i] * scale;
+
+      #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mix [", int(mix[0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Color [", int(tcolor[0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(tcolor[1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
+      #endif
+    }
+
+    static inline void update_mix_from_vtool(const uint8_t j=selected_vtool) {
+      float ctot = 0;
+      MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += color[j][i];
+      //MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = 100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot;
+      mix[0] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][0] / ctot);
+      mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
+      #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("V-tool ", int(j));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(color[j][0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(color[j][1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
+      #endif
+    }
+
+  #endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || GRADIENT_MIX
+
+  #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+    // Update the virtual tool from an edited mix
+    static inline void update_vtool_from_mix() {
+      copy_mix_to_color(color[selected_vtool]);
+      #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+        refresh_gradient();
+      #endif
+      // MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) collector[i] = mix[i];
+      // normalize();
+    }
+
+  #endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+    static gradient_t gradient;
+    static float prev_z;
+
+    // Update the current mix from the gradient for a given Z
+    static void update_gradient_for_z(const float z);
+    static void update_gradient_for_planner_z();
+    static inline void gradient_control(const float z) {
+      if (gradient.enabled) {
+        if (z >= gradient.end_z)
+          T(gradient.end_vtool);
+        else
+          update_gradient_for_z(z);
+      }
+    }
+
+    static inline void update_mix_from_gradient() {
+      float ctot = 0;
+      MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += gradient.color[i];
+      mix[0] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[0] / ctot);
+      mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
+      #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Gradient [", int(gradient.color[0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(gradient.color[1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
+      #endif
+    }
+
+    // Refresh the gradient after a change
+    static void refresh_gradient() {
+      #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+        const bool is_grd = (selected_vtool == gradient.vtool_index);
+      #else
+        constexpr bool is_grd = true;
+      #endif
+      gradient.enabled = is_grd && gradient.start_vtool != gradient.end_vtool && gradient.start_z < gradient.end_z;
+      if (gradient.enabled) {
+        mixer_perc_t mix_bak[MIXING_STEPPERS];
+        COPY(mix_bak, mix);
+        update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.start_vtool);
+        COPY(gradient.start_mix, mix);
+        update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.end_vtool);
+        COPY(gradient.end_mix, mix);
+        update_gradient_for_planner_z();
+        COPY(mix, mix_bak);
+        prev_z = -1;
+      }
+    }
+
+  #endif // GRADIENT_MIX
 
   // Used in Stepper
   FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_stepper() { return runner; }
   FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_next_stepper() {
-    do {
+    for (;;) {
       if (--runner < 0) runner = MIXING_STEPPERS - 1;
       accu[runner] += s_color[runner];
       if (
@@ -100,14 +258,13 @@ class Mixer {
         accu[runner] &= COLOR_MASK;
         return runner;
       }
-    } while( true );
+    }
   }
 
   private:
 
   // Used up to Planner level
   static uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
-  static float        collector[MIXING_STEPPERS];
   static mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
 
   // Used in Stepper

Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp

@@ -176,6 +176,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*=
       );
     #endif
 
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+      memcpy(&info.gradient, &mixer.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
+    #endif
+
     #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
       COPY(info.retract, fwretract.current_retract);
       info.retract_hop = fwretract.current_hop;
@@ -305,6 +309,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
     }
   #endif
 
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    memcpy(&mixer.gradient, &info.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
+  #endif
+
   // Restore Z (plus raise) and E positions with G92.0
   dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + RECOVERY_ZRAISE, 1, 3, str_1);
   dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS]

Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h

@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
 #include "../sd/cardreader.h"
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #include "../feature/mixing.h"
+#endif
+
 #define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0
 //#define SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE
 //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
@@ -63,6 +67,15 @@ typedef struct {
     float retract[EXTRUDERS], retract_hop;
   #endif
 
+  // Mixing extruder and gradient
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
+    //mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+      gradient_t gradient;
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
   // Command queue
   uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r;
   char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];

Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 void GcodeSuite::M163() {
   const int mix_index = parser.intval('S');
   if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS)
-    mixer.set_collector(mix_index, MAX(parser.floatval('P'), 0.0));
+    mixer.set_collector(mix_index, parser.floatval('P'));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -53,10 +53,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
   #else
     constexpr int tool_index = 0;
   #endif
-  if (WITHIN(tool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1))
+  if (tool_index >= 0) {
+    if (tool_index < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
       mixer.normalize(tool_index);
+  }
   else
-    mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool());
+    mixer.normalize();
 }
 
 #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
@@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
     MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
       if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) {
         SBI(mix_bits, i);
-        mixer.set_collector(i, MAX(parser.value_float(), 0.0f));
+        mixer.set_collector(i, parser.value_float());
       }
     }
     // If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest
@@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
     if (mix_bits) {
       MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i)
         if (!TEST(mix_bits, i)) mixer.set_collector(i, 0.0f);
-      mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool());
+      mixer.normalize();
     }
   }
 

Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+#include "../../gcode.h"
+#include "../../../module/motion.h"
+#include "../../../module/planner.h"
+#include "../../../feature/mixing.h"
+
+inline void echo_mix() {
+  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", int(mixer.mix[0]));
+  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("%|", int(mixer.mix[1]));
+  SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%)");
+}
+
+inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) {
+  mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t);
+  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z);
+  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", t);
+  echo_mix();
+}
+
+/**
+ * M166: Set a simple gradient mix for a two-component mixer
+ *       based on the Geeetech A10M implementation by Jone Liu.
+ *
+ *   S[bool]  - Enable / disable gradients
+ *   A[float] - Starting Z for the gradient
+ *   Z[float] - Ending Z for the gradient. (Must be greater than the starting Z.)
+ *   I[index] - V-Tool to use as the starting mix.
+ *   J[index] - V-Tool to use as the ending mix.
+ *
+ *   T[index] - A V-Tool index to use as an alias for the Gradient (Requires GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+ *              T with no index clears the setting. Note: This can match the I or J value.
+ *
+ * Example: M166 S1 A0 Z20 I0 J1
+ */
+void GcodeSuite::M166() {
+  if (parser.seenval('A')) mixer.gradient.start_z = parser.value_float();
+  if (parser.seenval('Z')) mixer.gradient.end_z = parser.value_float();
+  if (parser.seenval('I')) mixer.gradient.start_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
+  if (parser.seenval('J')) mixer.gradient.end_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
+
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+    if (parser.seen('T')) mixer.gradient.vtool_index = parser.byteval('T', -1);
+  #endif
+
+  if (parser.seen('S')) mixer.gradient.enabled = parser.value_bool();
+
+  SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Gradient Mix ");
+  serialprint_onoff(mixer.gradient.enabled);
+
+  if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
+
+    mixer.refresh_gradient();
+
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+      if (mixer.gradient.vtool_index >= 0) {
+        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (T", int(mixer.gradient.vtool_index));
+        SERIAL_CHAR(')');
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; Start");
+    echo_zt(mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.start_z);
+
+    SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; End");
+    echo_zt(mixer.gradient.end_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_z);
+
+    mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
+    SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ; Current Z", planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
+    echo_mix();
+  }
+
+  SERIAL_EOL();
+}
+
+#endif // GRADIENT_MIX

Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp

@@ -443,6 +443,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
         #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
           case 165: M165(); break;                                // M165: Set multiple mix weights
         #endif
+        #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+          case 166: M166(); break;                                // M166: Set Gradient Mix
+        #endif
       #endif
 
       #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)

Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h

@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@
  * M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
  * M164 - Commit the mix and save to a virtual tool (current, or as specified by 'S'). (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
  * M165 - Set the mix for the mixing extruder (and current virtual tool) with parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
+ * M166 - Set the Gradient Mix for the mixing extruder. (Requires GRADIENT_MIX)
  * M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! **
  *        Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. **
  * M200 - Set filament diameter, D<diameter>, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.)
@@ -593,6 +594,9 @@ private:
     #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
       static void M165();
     #endif
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+      static void M166();
+    #endif
   #endif
 
   static void M200();

Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h

@@ -383,6 +383,7 @@
 #elif ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
   #define E_STEPPERS      MIXING_STEPPERS
   #define E_MANUAL        1
+  #define DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER (MIXING_STEPPERS == 2)
 #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define E_STEPPERS      EXTRUDERS
   #define E_MANUAL        EXTRUDERS

Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h

@@ -2069,6 +2069,10 @@ static_assert(sanity_arr_3[0] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[1] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[2] > 0
   #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics."
 #endif
 
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) && MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS < 2
+  #error "GRADIENT_MIX requires 2 or more MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS."
+#endif
+
 /**
  * Prusa MMU2 requirements
  */

Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp

@@ -832,12 +832,36 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
 
         #else // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)
 
+          #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+            // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
+
+            char mixer_messages[12];
+            const char *mix_label;
+            #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+              if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
+                mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
+                mix_label = "Gr";
+              }
+              else
+            #endif
+              {
+                mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
+                mix_label = "Mx";
+              }
+            sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
+            lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
+
+          #else
+
             _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink);
 
             lcd_put_wchar(' ');
 
             _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink);
 
+          #endif
+
         #endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)
 
       #endif // LCD_WIDTH >= 20

Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp

@@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
   #include "../../module/printcounter.h"
 #endif
 
+#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+  #include "../../feature/mixing.h"
+#endif
+
 FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) {
   const char *str = i16tostr3(temp);
   const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1;
@@ -59,6 +63,9 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons
   lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]);
 }
 
+#define X_LABEL_POS      3
+#define X_VALUE_POS     11
+#define XYZ_SPACING     37
 #define XYZ_BASELINE    (30 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
 #define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
 #define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT)
@@ -209,6 +216,10 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const bool blink) {
 // Homed and known, display constantly.
 //
 FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) {
+  const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis;
+  lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
+  lcd_put_wchar('X' + axis);
+  lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
   if (blink)
     lcd_put_u8str(value);
   else {
@@ -450,19 +461,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
         u8g.setColorIndex(0); // white on black
       #endif
 
-      lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
+      #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
-      lcd_put_wchar('X');
-      lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
-      _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
 
-      lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
+        // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
-      lcd_put_wchar('Y');
+
-      lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
+        lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
+
+        char mixer_messages[12];
+        const char *mix_label;
+        #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+          if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
+            mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
+            mix_label = "Gr";
+          }
+          else
+        #endif
+          {
+            mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
+            mix_label = "Mx";
+          }
+        sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
+        lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
+
+      #else
+
+        _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
         _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink);
 
-      lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
+      #endif
-      lcd_put_wchar('Z');
+
-      lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
       _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, zstring, blink);
 
       #if DISABLED(XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME)

Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h

@@ -1205,6 +1205,61 @@
   #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER              _UxGT("Remove, click")
 #endif
 
+#ifndef MSG_MIX
+  #define MSG_MIX                             _UxGT("Mix")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_MIX_COMPONENT
+  #define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT                   _UxGT("Component")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_MIXER
+  #define MSG_MIXER                           _UxGT("Mixer")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT
+  #define MSG_GRADIENT                        _UxGT("Gradient")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_FULL_GRADIENT
+  #define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT                   _UxGT("Full gradient")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_TOGGLE_MIX
+  #define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX                      _UxGT("Toggle mix")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_CYCLE_MIX
+  #define MSG_CYCLE_MIX                       _UxGT("Cycle mix")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_MIX
+  #define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX                    _UxGT("Gradient mix")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT
+  #define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT                _UxGT("Reverse Gradient")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL
+  #define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL                    _UxGT("Active V-tool")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_START_VTOOL
+  #define MSG_START_VTOOL                     _UxGT("Start V-tool")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_END_VTOOL
+  #define MSG_END_VTOOL                       _UxGT("  End V-tool")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS
+  #define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS                  _UxGT("Alias V-tool")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_RESET_VTOOLS
+  #define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS                    _UxGT("Reset V-tools")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL
+  #define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL                    _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_VTOOLS_RESET
+  #define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET                    _UxGT("V-tools were reset")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_START_Z
+  #define MSG_START_Z                         _UxGT("Start Z")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_END_Z
+  #define MSG_END_Z                           _UxGT("  End Z")
+#endif
+
 //
 // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display
 //                        ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display

Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, con
   liveEdit = le;
 }
 
-#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>;
+#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>
 
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3);        // 123, -12   right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4);        // 1234, -123 right-justified

Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp

@@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ void menu_change_filament();
 void menu_info();
 void menu_led();
 
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  void menu_mixer();
+#endif
+
 void menu_main() {
   START_MENU();
   MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH);
@@ -153,6 +157,10 @@ void menu_main() {
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion);
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature);
 
+    #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer);
+    #endif
+
     #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
       MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2);
     #endif

Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+//
+// Mixer Menu
+//
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+
+#include "menu.h"
+#include "../../feature/mixing.h"
+
+#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h"
+#include "../ultralcd.h"
+#include "../lcdprint.h"
+
+#define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+
+  void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit() {
+    ui.defer_status_screen(true);
+    ui.encoder_direction_normal();
+    ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
+    if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
+      mixer.gradient.start_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
+      ui.encoderPosition = 0;
+      NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0);
+      NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS);
+    }
+    if (ui.should_draw()) {
+      char tmp[21];
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_START_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
+      SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    }
+
+    if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
+      if (mixer.gradient.start_z > mixer.gradient.end_z)
+        mixer.gradient.end_z = mixer.gradient.start_z;
+      mixer.refresh_gradient();
+      ui.goto_previous_screen();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit() {
+    ui.defer_status_screen(true);
+    ui.encoder_direction_normal();
+    ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
+    if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
+      mixer.gradient.end_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
+      ui.encoderPosition = 0;
+      NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0);
+      NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS);
+    }
+
+    if (ui.should_draw()) {
+      char tmp[21];
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_END_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
+      SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    }
+
+    if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
+      if (mixer.gradient.end_z < mixer.gradient.start_z)
+        mixer.gradient.start_z = mixer.gradient.end_z;
+      mixer.refresh_gradient();
+      ui.goto_previous_screen();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu() {
+    START_MENU();
+    MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
+
+    MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
+    MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
+
+    #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
+      MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
+    #endif
+
+    char tmp[10];
+
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_START_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
+
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_END_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
+
+    END_MENU();
+  }
+
+#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
+
+static uint8_t v_index;
+
+#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+  void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) {
+    char tmp[21];
+    sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MIX ":    %3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
+    SETCURSOR(2, y);
+    LCDPRINT(tmp);
+  }
+#endif
+
+void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() {
+  mixer.T(v_index);
+  #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+    _lcd_draw_mix(LCD_HEIGHT - 1);
+  #endif
+}
+
+#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
+
+  void _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix() {
+    uint16_t bits = 0;
+    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) if (mixer.collector[i]) SBI(bits, i);
+    bits = (bits + 1) & (_BV(MIXING_STEPPERS) - 1);
+    if (!bits) ++bits;
+    MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mixer.collector[i] = TEST(bits, i) ? 10.0f : 0.0f;
+    ui.refresh();
+  }
+
+  void _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool() {
+    mixer.normalize();
+    ui.goto_previous_screen();
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() {
+
+  #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
+
+    #define EDIT_COLOR(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT " " STRINGIFY(N), &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10);
+
+    START_MENU();
+    MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
+    EDIT_COLOR(1);
+    EDIT_COLOR(2);
+    #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2
+      EDIT_COLOR(3);
+      #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3
+        EDIT_COLOR(4);
+        #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4
+          EDIT_COLOR(5);
+          #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5
+            EDIT_COLOR(6);
+          #endif
+        #endif
+      #endif
+    #endif
+    MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix);
+    MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool);
+    END_MENU();
+
+  #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+    if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
+      mixer.mix[0] += (int)ui.encoderPosition;
+      ui.encoderPosition = 0;
+      if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101;
+      if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101;
+      mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
+    }
+    _lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
+
+    if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
+      mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
+      ui.goto_previous_screen();
+    }
+
+  #else
+
+    START_MENU();
+    MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
+    END_MENU();
+
+  #endif
+}
+
+#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+
+  //
+  // Toggle Dual-Mix
+  //
+  inline void _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix() {
+    mixer.mix[0] = mixer.mix[0] == 100 ? 0 : 100;
+    mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
+    mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
+    ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
+
+  //
+  // Prepare and Edit Mix
+  //
+  inline void _lcd_goto_mix_edit() {
+    mixer.refresh_collector(10, v_index);
+    ui.goto_screen(lcd_mixer_mix_edit);
+    lcd_mixer_mix_edit();
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+  //
+  // Reverse Gradient
+  //
+  inline void _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient() {
+    const uint8_t sv = mixer.gradient.start_vtool;
+    mixer.gradient.start_vtool = mixer.gradient.end_vtool;
+    mixer.gradient.end_vtool = sv;
+    mixer.refresh_gradient();
+    ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
+  }
+#endif
+
+//
+// Reset All V-Tools
+//
+inline void _lcd_reset_vtools() {
+  LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET);
+  ui.return_to_status();
+  mixer.reset_vtools();
+}
+
+void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() {
+  START_MENU();
+  MENU_BACK(MSG_BACK);
+  MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, _lcd_reset_vtools);
+  END_MENU();
+}
+
+void menu_mixer() {
+  START_MENU();
+  MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
+
+  v_index = mixer.get_current_vtool();
+  MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool
+    #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+      , true
+    #endif
+  );
+
+  MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX,
+    #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
+      _lcd_goto_mix_edit
+    #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+      lcd_mixer_mix_edit
+    #endif
+  );
+
+  #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
+  {
+    char tmp[10];
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
+      mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d;%3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
+    MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix);
+  }
+  #endif
+
+  MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm);
+
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+  {
+    char tmp[10];
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
+      sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("T%i->T%i"), mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_vtool);
+      LCDPRINT(tmp);
+    MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
+    MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient);
+  }
+  #endif
+
+  END_MENU();
+}
+
+#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MIXING_EXTRUDER

Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h

@@ -53,9 +53,13 @@
   #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
     #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
     #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
+    #define LCDPRINT(p) u8g.print(p)
+    #define LCDWRITE(c) u8g.print(c)
   #else
     #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row)
     #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - len, row)
+    #define LCDPRINT(p) lcd_put_u8str(p)
+    #define LCDWRITE(c) lcd_put_wchar(c)
   #endif
 
   #define LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL 100

Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp

@@ -2584,6 +2584,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move,
     COPY(position_float, target_float);
   #endif
 
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    mixer.gradient_control(target_float[Z_AXIS]);
+  #endif
+
   // Movement was accepted
   return true;
 } // _populate_block()

Marlin/src/module/planner.h

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ typedef struct block_t {
 
 } block_t;
 
-#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING))
+#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX))
 
 #define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1))
 

buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560_tests

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO for PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT etc"
 #
 restore_configs
 opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
 opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5
 opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru
 exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic"

buildroot/share/tests/teensy35_tests

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD"
 # Mixing Extruder
 #
 restore_configs
-opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1
+opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
 opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2
 exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder"